<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Daryush</id>
	<title>FrathWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Daryush"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/Special:Contributions/Daryush"/>
	<updated>2026-04-06T15:33:35Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16512</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16512"/>
		<updated>2006-11-24T17:34:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Pronouns */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Central Aghantian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table. It should be noted that only the 1st and 2nd persons are irregular (there is not 3rd person plural - instead demonsratives are used):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Person !! Abs !! Acc !! Gen !! Dat !! Abl !! Loc !! Com !! Inst !! Cause&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st sing&lt;br /&gt;
| Bi || Biği || Binii || Bitsüüd || Bicii || Beter || Bele || Beyele ||   Betöl &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd sing&lt;br /&gt;
| Tsi || Ciği || Cinii || Citsid || Tseyci || Tsetir || Tsele || Tseyele || Tsöyöl&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st plur&lt;br /&gt;
| Bivir || Biviri || Biviin || Bivitsüüd || Bivitsii || Bivder || Beverle || Beverle || Bever-tölöö&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd plur&lt;br /&gt;
| Cingver   || Cingveri   || Cingviriin   || Civirtsüüd   || Civirtsii   || Ceveder || Ceverle   || Ceverle   || Cever-tölöö  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also gives a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;for,&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; as in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences. Another use of the ablative is &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;about&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16511</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16511"/>
		<updated>2006-11-24T17:27:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Nouns */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Central Aghantian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also gives a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;for,&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; as in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences. Another use of the ablative is &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;about&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16471</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16471"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T19:08:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Central Aghantian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16470</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16470"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T19:08:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16469</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16469"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T19:07:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16468</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16468"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:28:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verb morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs in Parthavan operate via a slightly different system from Armavi. The main difference is the lack of any personal indication (i.e: of 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons). Verbs in Parthavan are also not as agglutinating as those in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16467</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16467"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verb tenses */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all cases, the letters in the brackets indicate buffer consonants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16466</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16466"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:23:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verb morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb moods====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16465</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16465"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:22:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verb tenses */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb moods===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16464</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16464"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:22:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;definitive accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;genetive&#039;&#039;&#039; is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;dative&#039;&#039;&#039; case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for the &#039;&#039;&#039;ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;locative&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;comitative&#039;&#039;&#039; is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;instrumental&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;&#039; for something is also indicated by a suffix. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb tenses===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb moods===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16463</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16463"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:19:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Instrumental */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Noun suffixes==&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Plural===&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The absolutive===&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definite accusative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Genetive===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dative===&lt;br /&gt;
This case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ablative===&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for this case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locative===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comitative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instrumental===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cause of===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the original cause for something. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;toloo / tölöö&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb tenses===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb moods===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16462</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16462"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:18:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verb morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Noun suffixes==&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Plural===&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The absolutive===&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definite accusative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Genetive===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dative===&lt;br /&gt;
This case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ablative===&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for this case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locative===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comitative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instrumental===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb tenses===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 3 tenses. These are &#039;&#039;present tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)a / -(n)e&#039;&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;past tense&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arağ / -(n)ereğ&#039;&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;future&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)arixt / -(n)erixt&#039;&#039;&#039;). However, in casual speech, the past tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)ar / -(n)er&#039;&#039;&#039; and the future tense suffix changes to &#039;&#039;&#039;-(n)et / -(n)at&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb moods===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has several forms of the passive, each with their own infix.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16461</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16461"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:13:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Morphology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Noun suffixes==&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Plural===&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The absolutive===&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definite accusative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Genetive===&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dative===&lt;br /&gt;
This case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;uud / üüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tsuud / tsüüd&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels, l, and n&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: any final &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;s change to &#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039; when attaching this suffix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ablative===&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for this case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locative===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comitative===&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instrumental===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16460</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16460"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:11:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Instrumental */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Plural====&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The absolutive====&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definite accusative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Genetive====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dative====&lt;br /&gt;
This case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ey / ay&#039;&#039;&#039; for plurals&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;e / a&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in any plosive consonant or &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ce / ca&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in any other letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ablative====&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for this case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locative====&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comitative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instrumental===&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Verb morphology==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16459</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16459"/>
		<updated>2006-11-23T18:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Genetive */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Plural====&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The absolutive====&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definite accusative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Genetive====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dative====&lt;br /&gt;
This case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039; something was going. The suffix for the dative case is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ey / ay&#039;&#039;&#039; for plurals&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;e / a&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in any plosive consonant or &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ce / ca&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in any other letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ablative====&lt;br /&gt;
The suffix for this case is &#039;&#039;&#039;aca / ece&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary function for this case is indicating &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039; - i.e, the place away from which something is going. However, it is also used in comparisons, and so here it indicates &#039;&#039;than&#039;&#039;; to indicate what something is made of; and as the agent in passive sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locative====&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates where something is. Its suffixes are:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;tur / tür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all unvoiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;dur / dür&#039;&#039;&#039; after all voiced consonants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comitative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply translated as &#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;. It is marked by &#039;&#039;&#039;eli / ali&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Instrumental====&lt;br /&gt;
This indicates the instrument used to perform an action. Its suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;le / la&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16427</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16427"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:55:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Counting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronouns==&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Armavi, pronouns in Parthavan are not completely regular - i.e, to change their case, it is not a case of simple agglutination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal pronouns in Parthavan are explained in the following table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Plural====&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The absolutive====&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definite accusative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Genetive====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16426</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16426"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:30:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Plural====&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The absolutive====&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definite accusative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Genetive====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor. It has a variable suffix:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ying&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in vowels&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;un / ün&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;an / en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words whose last vowel is either &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;u / ü&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16425</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16425"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:26:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Plural====&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The absolutive====&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definite accusative====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Genetive====&lt;br /&gt;
This is used to indicate the possessor&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16424</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16424"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:25:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Plural&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16423</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16423"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:24:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Plural&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Plural suffixes go directly after the noun. They cannot be added to indefinite nouns, only definite ones. They can change depending on the noun itself:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;berc / barc&#039;&#039;&#039; in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;bey / bay&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;c, r, t, s, z, ş, l, i&#039;&#039; or any front vowel &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;ibiğ&#039;&#039;&#039; for nouns ending in &#039;&#039;t, d, k, g, q&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The absolutive&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive case carries no suffix - it is the plain noun as found in the lexicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The absolutive is most commonly used as a nominative. However, it also serves as an indefinite accusative (of any type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağ xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like horses&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite accusative&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is used for definite direct objects. The suffix is &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;yi&#039;&#039;&#039; after vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bi adağbarci xevera ui&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I like the horses&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16422</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16422"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:07:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Consonants */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || {{IPA|β̞}} (v) || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, most consonants have labialised and palatised forms. These are shown, where appropriate, by &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; following the consonant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16421</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16421"/>
		<updated>2006-11-22T20:03:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Consonants */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16086</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16086"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T19:41:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Consonants */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Counting==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has a base-10 number system. Each number from 0 to 9 has initial, medial, final, isolated, and multiplier forms, which are used to make bigger numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
Case in Parthavan is marked by attaching suffixes to the end of words. These suffixes must harmonise in accordance with the vowel harmony rules stated above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16084</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16084"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T19:37:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Vowels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16083</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16083"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T19:36:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Vowels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A word can only contain either front vowels or back vowels (and the neutral vowel &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;). For words with only &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, the word is regarded as front.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a word contains both back and front vowels (in some foreign words), vowel harmony acts on with the last vowel, that is to say that when adding suffixes, if the word is mixed, look at the last vowel as an indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan also has the following consonants:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g) || {{IPA|q}} (q)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || || || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16079</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16079"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T18:40:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
 Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
  Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
   &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16078</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16078"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T18:39:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Vowels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
: Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
:: Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
::: &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16077</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16077"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T18:39:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Vowels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
: Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
:: Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
::: &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan has 7 vowels, which are arranged into three classes for vowel harmony:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Front&lt;br /&gt;
| e (IPA: ɛ)|| ö (IPA: œ)|| ü (IPA: ʏ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Back&lt;br /&gt;
| a (IPA: a)|| o (IPA: o)|| u (IPA: u)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Neutral&lt;br /&gt;
| i (IPA: ɪ)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16076</id>
		<title>Parthavan language</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Parthavan_language&amp;diff=16076"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T18:25:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Parthavun erciğ|pronounce=/parθaβ ɛrtʃɪɣ|tu=Alamanti|species=Human|in=Parthava, Parizhia, Seleyizhe, Dorcindi|no=40 million|script=[[Armavi script|Parthavan script]]|tree=Ayartaic&lt;br /&gt;
: Central Aghantian&lt;br /&gt;
:: Parthavan&lt;br /&gt;
::: &#039;&#039;&#039;Parthavan&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinative|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=September 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is a language that is spoken throughout much of central Aghantia. It is very closely related to [[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
Parthavan is spoken mainly in the central Aghantian countries. There is also an area in Parizhia where it is spoken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its largest concentration of speakers is in [[Parthava (country)|Parthava]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Daryush&amp;diff=16075</id>
		<title>User:Daryush</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Daryush&amp;diff=16075"/>
		<updated>2006-11-20T18:11:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pars]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Artakhshathri]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Assurian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alamantian languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Artakhshandan Empire]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vushtism]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parthavan language]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15739</id>
		<title>Vushtism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15739"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T19:16:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Philosophies of Vushtism */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vushtism is a religion and set of philosophies that is followed by the majority of western and central Aghantians. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Origins==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism was founded by the prophet [[Meryem Helyeni]] in the early [[Artakhshandan Empire]] in [[Parthava]]. The life of the prophet have not been documented at all, and the few things we know about her have been passed down through verbal tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is claimed by Vushtis that Meryem recieved an arrow wound in a battle between the Padhavana clan and the Terthinatos clan on the steppe at the age of 14. When she was later taken to a hospital, she fell into a trance. On awakening, her friends noticed that her entire personality had changed - she had become much more peaceful, honest, and calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtin recorded her philosophies in a book called the [[Madayahura]]. The first copy of this book was carved into the side of [[Takh-e-Kasran]], in modern day [[Parthava city]]. This is the master copy with which all other copies are compared with, and is preserved now by the Parizhian government. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further philosophers of Vushtism===&lt;br /&gt;
Pure Vushtism is that which was laid down by Meryem herself. A majority of Vushtis identify themselves as pure Vushtis. However, between the 1st and 19th Centuries AI, several other philosophers added to the philosophies laid down by Meryem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 3 main ones:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Philosophies of Vushtism==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism is interesting and different from other religions in that it contains absolutely no mention or philosophies about god, prophecies, or any forms of mythology or stories. The Madayahura is simply a book of philosophy and instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these are the &#039;&#039;Mehre fiil&#039;&#039; or, the Important Principles. These are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speaking good words, thinking good thoughts, and doing good deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
* Equality of gender, race, religion, and age.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protection for the environment&lt;br /&gt;
* Kindness to animals and other people&lt;br /&gt;
* Encouragement for keeping the body clean&lt;br /&gt;
* Encouragement for science and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Open-mindedness and tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
* Pacifism and calmness (in state of mind as well as physically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key to Vushtism (and probably its unique concept) is its system of prayer. Here, prayer does not necessarily involve worshipping a deity - other forms, such as meditation and calming, are generally considered much more important than connecting with deities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To acquire a trance, one must keep their mind focused on nothing. They should have nothing in their thoughts. At first, it helps to listen to one&#039;s own breathing or concentrate on peaceful sounds. Several Vushtis engage in throat-singing chants whilst doing this, as the vibrations in the back of the throat create a calming sensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is partly because of this that Vushtism is compatible with many other religions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15738</id>
		<title>Vushtism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15738"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T19:14:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Philosophies of Vushtism */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vushtism is a religion and set of philosophies that is followed by the majority of western and central Aghantians. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Origins==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism was founded by the prophet [[Meryem Helyeni]] in the early [[Artakhshandan Empire]] in [[Parthava]]. The life of the prophet have not been documented at all, and the few things we know about her have been passed down through verbal tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is claimed by Vushtis that Meryem recieved an arrow wound in a battle between the Padhavana clan and the Terthinatos clan on the steppe at the age of 14. When she was later taken to a hospital, she fell into a trance. On awakening, her friends noticed that her entire personality had changed - she had become much more peaceful, honest, and calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtin recorded her philosophies in a book called the [[Madayahura]]. The first copy of this book was carved into the side of [[Takh-e-Kasran]], in modern day [[Parthava city]]. This is the master copy with which all other copies are compared with, and is preserved now by the Parizhian government. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further philosophers of Vushtism===&lt;br /&gt;
Pure Vushtism is that which was laid down by Meryem herself. A majority of Vushtis identify themselves as pure Vushtis. However, between the 1st and 19th Centuries AI, several other philosophers added to the philosophies laid down by Meryem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 3 main ones:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Philosophies of Vushtism==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism is interesting and different from other religions in that it contains absolutely no mention or philosophies about god, prophecies, or any forms of mythology or stories. The Madayahura is simply a book of philosophy and instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these are the &#039;&#039;Mehre fiil&#039;&#039; or, the Important Principles. These are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speaking good words, thinking good thoughts, and doing good deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
* Equality of gender, race, and age.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protection for the environment&lt;br /&gt;
* Kindness to animals and other people&lt;br /&gt;
* Encouragement for keeping the body clean&lt;br /&gt;
* Encouragement for science and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Open-mindedness and tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key to Vushtism (and probably its unique concept) is its system of prayer. Here, prayer does not necessarily involve worshipping a deity - other forms, such as meditation and calming, are generally considered much more important than connecting with deities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To acquire a trance, one must keep their mind focused on nothing. They should have nothing in their thoughts. At first, it helps to listen to one&#039;s own breathing or concentrate on peaceful sounds. Several Vushtis engage in throat-singing chants whilst doing this, as the vibrations in the back of the throat create a calming sensation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15735</id>
		<title>Vushtism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15735"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T18:26:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vushtism is a religion and set of philosophies that is followed by the majority of western and central Aghantians. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Origins==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism was founded by the prophet [[Meryem Helyeni]] in the early [[Artakhshandan Empire]] in [[Parthava]]. The life of the prophet have not been documented at all, and the few things we know about her have been passed down through verbal tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is claimed by Vushtis that Meryem recieved an arrow wound in a battle between the Padhavana clan and the Terthinatos clan on the steppe at the age of 14. When she was later taken to a hospital, she fell into a trance. On awakening, her friends noticed that her entire personality had changed - she had become much more peaceful, honest, and calm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtin recorded her philosophies in a book called the [[Madayahura]]. The first copy of this book was carved into the side of [[Takh-e-Kasran]], in modern day [[Parthava city]]. This is the master copy with which all other copies are compared with, and is preserved now by the Parizhian government. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further philosophers of Vushtism===&lt;br /&gt;
Pure Vushtism is that which was laid down by Meryem herself. A majority of Vushtis identify themselves as pure Vushtis. However, between the 1st and 19th Centuries AI, several other philosophers added to the philosophies laid down by Meryem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were 3 main ones:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Philosophies of Vushtism==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15734</id>
		<title>Vushtism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Vushtism&amp;diff=15734"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:56:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vushtism is a religion and set of philosophies that is followed by the majority of western and central Aghantians. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Origins==&lt;br /&gt;
Vushtism was founded by the prophet [[Nezine Darala]] in the early [[Artakhshandan Empire]] in [[Parthava]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Daryush&amp;diff=15733</id>
		<title>User:Daryush</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Daryush&amp;diff=15733"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:53:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Armavi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pars]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Artakhshathri]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Assurian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alamantian languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Artakhshandan Empire]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vushtism]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15732</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15732"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:35:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Consonants */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l) || || || || {{IPA|ʎ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation. ʎ is an allophone of l before /j/ (y) or /i/ (i) and another vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locative indicates the location of something.&lt;br /&gt;
: Evde cagittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I ran around within the house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Her perşerden ekolda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;All the students are in school&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of.&amp;quot; This does not imply that the suffixed noun was the agent of the action, however, may have influenced it indirectly.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative also indicates a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;out of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. See the following examples for clarification:&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev pesarvardan&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two of the boys&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Aželterin enüşeverden&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The prettiest of the girls&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Perižye vir ğuyuktarın mülkver Ağantyanda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Parizhia is one of the strongest countries in Aghantia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note the use of&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;as an indefinite article marker in the last example. When this happens,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;goes before all other adjectives, instead of its usual position next to the noun.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genetive is used to convey possession:&lt;br /&gt;
: Enüşen ana&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The girl&#039;s mother&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also used to modify spatial nouns as postpositions:&lt;br /&gt;
: Even icinde kedim var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Inside the house, there is my cat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xunaşinver beden icin var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The blood vessels go through the body&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated. Here, the definitive-accusative cannot be used, however, it can on normal plurals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülü gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw the two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other important noun suffixes that are not officially recognised as case endings, however, may serve some purpose there. They are covered later in this article under &#039;&#039;Armavi Lexicon.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 basic tenses in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, these rules are loose and change between dialects, or when something is emphasised (it is placed before the verb, or at the start)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meyiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15731</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15731"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:28:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Simple syntax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locative indicates the location of something.&lt;br /&gt;
: Evde cagittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I ran around within the house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Her perşerden ekolda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;All the students are in school&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of.&amp;quot; This does not imply that the suffixed noun was the agent of the action, however, may have influenced it indirectly.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative also indicates a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;out of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. See the following examples for clarification:&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev pesarvardan&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two of the boys&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Aželterin enüşeverden&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The prettiest of the girls&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Perižye vir ğuyuktarın mülkver Ağantyanda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Parizhia is one of the strongest countries in Aghantia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note the use of&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;as an indefinite article marker in the last example. When this happens,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;goes before all other adjectives, instead of its usual position next to the noun.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genetive is used to convey possession:&lt;br /&gt;
: Enüşen ana&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The girl&#039;s mother&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also used to modify spatial nouns as postpositions:&lt;br /&gt;
: Even icinde kedim var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Inside the house, there is my cat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xunaşinver beden icin var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The blood vessels go through the body&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated. Here, the definitive-accusative cannot be used, however, it can on normal plurals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülü gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw the two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other important noun suffixes that are not officially recognised as case endings, however, may serve some purpose there. They are covered later in this article under &#039;&#039;Armavi Lexicon.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 basic tenses in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, these rules are loose and change between dialects, or when something is emphasised (it is placed before the verb, or at the start)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meyiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15730</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15730"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:27:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Subordination with verbs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locative indicates the location of something.&lt;br /&gt;
: Evde cagittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I ran around within the house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Her perşerden ekolda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;All the students are in school&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of.&amp;quot; This does not imply that the suffixed noun was the agent of the action, however, may have influenced it indirectly.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative also indicates a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;out of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. See the following examples for clarification:&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev pesarvardan&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two of the boys&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Aželterin enüşeverden&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The prettiest of the girls&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Perižye vir ğuyuktarın mülkver Ağantyanda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Parizhia is one of the strongest countries in Aghantia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note the use of&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;as an indefinite article marker in the last example. When this happens,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;goes before all other adjectives, instead of its usual position next to the noun.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genetive is used to convey possession:&lt;br /&gt;
: Enüşen ana&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The girl&#039;s mother&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also used to modify spatial nouns as postpositions:&lt;br /&gt;
: Even icinde kedim var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Inside the house, there is my cat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xunaşinver beden icin var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The blood vessels go through the body&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated. Here, the definitive-accusative cannot be used, however, it can on normal plurals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülü gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw the two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other important noun suffixes that are not officially recognised as case endings, however, may serve some purpose there. They are covered later in this article under &#039;&#039;Armavi Lexicon.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 basic tenses in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meyiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15729</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15729"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:14:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-accusative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locative indicates the location of something.&lt;br /&gt;
: Evde cagittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I ran around within the house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Her perşerden ekolda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;All the students are in school&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of.&amp;quot; This does not imply that the suffixed noun was the agent of the action, however, may have influenced it indirectly.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative also indicates a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;out of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. See the following examples for clarification:&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev pesarvardan&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two of the boys&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Aželterin enüşeverden&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The prettiest of the girls&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Perižye vir ğuyuktarın mülkver Ağantyanda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Parizhia is one of the strongest countries in Aghantia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note the use of&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;as an indefinite article marker in the last example. When this happens,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;goes before all other adjectives, instead of its usual position next to the noun.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genetive is used to convey possession:&lt;br /&gt;
: Enüşen ana&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The girl&#039;s mother&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also used to modify spatial nouns as postpositions:&lt;br /&gt;
: Even icinde kedim var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Inside the house, there is my cat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xunaşinver beden icin var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The blood vessels go through the body&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated. Here, the definitive-accusative cannot be used, however, it can on normal plurals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülü gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw the two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other important noun suffixes that are not officially recognised as case endings, however, may serve some purpose there. They are covered later in this article under &#039;&#039;Armavi Lexicon.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
====Verb tenses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 basic tenses in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15728</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15728"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T17:11:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-[[accusative case|accusative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locative indicates the location of something.&lt;br /&gt;
: Evde cagittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I ran around within the house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Her perşerden ekolda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;All the students are in school&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of.&amp;quot; This does not imply that the suffixed noun was the agent of the action, however, may have influenced it indirectly.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative also indicates a sense of &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;out of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. See the following examples for clarification:&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev pesarvardan&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two of the boys&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Aželterin enüşeverden&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The prettiest of the girls&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Perižye vir ğuyuktarın mülkver Ağantyanda&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Parizhia is one of the strongest countries in Aghantia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note the use of&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;as an indefinite article marker in the last example. When this happens,&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;goes before all other adjectives, instead of its usual position next to the noun.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The genetive is used to convey possession:&lt;br /&gt;
: Enüşen ana&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The girl&#039;s mother&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also used to modify spatial nouns as postpositions:&lt;br /&gt;
: Even icinde kedim var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Inside the house, there is my cat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xunaşinver beden icin var&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;The blood vessels go through the body&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated. Here, the definitive-accusative cannot be used, however, it can on normal plurals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülü gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw the two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver gözdüm&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I saw approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other important noun suffixes that are not officially recognised as case endings, however, may serve some purpose there. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15727</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15727"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T16:57:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Noun suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Definite-[[accusative case|accusative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Dative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Locative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Ablative&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Genitive&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They always go at the very end of a noun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039; The absolute case serves the purpose of nominative, vocative, and indefinite-accusative. The accusative is used for definite direct objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Amfora şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke an amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Amforası şekasttım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I broke the amphora&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dative case indicates &#039;&#039;to where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I went home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This case is also used for some objects - objects that are grammatically indirect but English considers direct. There is a slight difference in meaning when any form of accusative is used:&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjene divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She caught sight of the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Sorjesi divitti&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She was looking at the sun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western dialects, the dative case refers to a direct object where the action happened only temporarily whereas in these dialects, the definitive-accusative is used for longer actions (not in standard Armavi):&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülesi sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I wrote a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Epistülene sene ekrivdim*&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I was writing a letter to you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*Students are discouraged from using this construction as it is only common in the Armavi spoken in western Avustrya Kücük.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative case indicates &#039;&#039;from where&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
: Evden gittim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I left home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative can also be used in comparisons (see later for more detail):&lt;br /&gt;
: Ondan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is faster than he is&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as what something is made of:&lt;br /&gt;
: Xaktan ev&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Sandstone house&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the cause of something* in passives:&lt;br /&gt;
: Menden yıkılıyr&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;It was broken by my&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*The suffix&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;represents &amp;quot;because of&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a plural suffix, &#039;&#039;&#039;-ver&#039;&#039;&#039;, which goes directly onto the noun. However, this suffix is not used with numbers unless an approximate amount is stated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbül&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Dev bülbülver&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Approximately two songbirds&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15726</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15726"/>
		<updated>2006-11-17T16:38:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
There are essentially 6 noun cases in Armavi. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border cellpadding=3 align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2|Case endings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|align=center|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mdash;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;definite-[[accusative case|accusative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(s)i&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[dative case|dative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; (&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)e&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;[[locative case|locative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;-(n)de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[ablative case|ablative]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(n)den&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[genitive case|genitive]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;-(y)en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15687</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15687"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T21:16:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15686</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15686"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T21:15:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;. This declines like any other normal verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, the noun which someone is being can take the accusative case. This is common in eastern dialects, however, it is rare in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Illinia]], &#039;&#039;&#039;einmeğ&#039;&#039;&#039; is used instead. This also declines normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pronoun, any form of the verb to be is completely omitted. To indicate tense, time phrases are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15685</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15685"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T20:43:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15684</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15684"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T20:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected. Also, any other mood etc must be expressed using the definite verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbal &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; is represented by the verb &#039;&#039;&#039;baynmağ&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15683</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15683"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T20:41:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common form of the verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; and exists as suffixes which are attached onto the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi copula&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tense !! Past !! Present !! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -dim || -im || -ažam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -diş || -iş || -ažaş&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person sing&lt;br /&gt;
| -di ||  || -až&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1st Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -dimiz || imiz || -ažız&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2nd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diniş || iniş || -ažış&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3rd Person plur&lt;br /&gt;
| -diyver || eyver || aavar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this is not as regular as would be expected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15682</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15682"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T20:07:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Change to suffixes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The verb &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot; has three different ways of formation in Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copular &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the most common&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15681</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15681"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T20:06:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Subordination in comparisons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An exception occurs when the verb in the subordinate clause isn&#039;t certain - i.e &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In someone&#039;s opinion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; etc. Here, the &#039;&#039;&#039;dubitative mood&#039;&#039;&#039; of the verb is utilised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amağıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than she thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Bayna amasıdan coğun ažel&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;She is much more pretty than someone else thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15680</id>
		<title>Armavi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Armavi&amp;diff=15680"/>
		<updated>2006-11-16T19:58:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Daryush: /* Modal verbs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox|name=Armavi|pronounce=/armaβi/|tu=Alamanti|species=human|in=[[Parizhia]], [[Parsa]], [[Avustrea]], Iniwicia, Armaja, Ispirtia, North Ipriqia, Armavi colonies|no=90 million native, 125 million total|script=[[Armavi script]]|tree=Ayartaic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;Eryanan&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Parizhian&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi&#039;&#039;&#039;|morph=Agglutinaitve|ms=Nominative-Accusative|wo=SOV|creator=Nadeem Ahmad|date=May 2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is a conlang originally designed as an auxlang for Turkish, hence it shares very many properties with Turkish. Over time, Armavi grew into a fully fledged conlang with its own conworld and conculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi has a total of 90 million native speakers and 35 million speakers who learned the language as a second or third (etc) language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of speakers are concentrated in and around Parizhia, East Avrupea, and western Aghantia. There are also many speakers in north Ipriquia, however there, the language is inn decline in favour of Ipriquian-Avrupean languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is also spoken in the Armavi colonies, which are scattered throughout the globe, mostly on the Aral continent, just north of Parizhia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi is being considered as one of the base-languages for the International Language due to its ease of learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phonology ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi contains the following vowels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Armavi vowels with Example Words&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Vowel sound&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!International Phonetic Alphabet|IPA&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
!English translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; | monophthongs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || Close front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;tongue&#039;, &#039;language&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|y}} || Close front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039;nbet&#039;&#039; || &#039;dome&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɯ}} || Close back unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039;mrtasa&#039;&#039; || &#039;infantry&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || Close-mid front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; || &#039;heart&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|œ}} || Open-mid front rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;ö&#039;&#039;&#039;nmeğ&#039;&#039; || &#039;to play the fiddle / violin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|a}} || Open front unrounded vowel || &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; || &#039;health&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|o}} || Close-mid back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; || &#039;hate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|u}} || Close back rounded vowel || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;ğatar&#039;&#039; || &#039;large drum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there are some diphthongs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ei&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /i/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ai&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /e/, and harmonises like &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, any unrounded vowel followed by &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; is pronounced /ɸ/ before unvoiced consonants, and /β/ everywhere else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any other cases where two vowels are next to each other (which is very rare), they are pronounced individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Armavi also contains the following consonants (transliteration as well as IPA is given):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1pt solid #c0c0c0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background: #efefef;&amp;quot;| Consonants&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: center; font-size: x-small; height: 2em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| ||colspan=2| Bilabial ||colspan=2| Labiod. ||colspan=2| Dental ||colspan=2| Alveolar ||colspan=2| Post-alv. ||colspan=2| Palatal ||colspan=2| Velar ||colspan=2| Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Nasal || || {{IPA|m}} (m) || || || || {{IPA|n}} (n) || || || || || || || || {{IPA|ŋ}} (n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Plosive || {{IPA|p}} (p) || {{IPA|b}} (b) || || || {{IPA|t}} (t) || {{IPA|d}} (d) || || || || || || || {{IPA|k}} (k) || {{IPA|g}} (g)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Fricative || {{IPA|ɸ}} (f) || {{IPA|β}} (v) || || || {{IPA|θ}} (ť) || {{IPA|ð}} (ď) || {{IPA|s}} (s) || {{IPA|z}} (z) || {{IPA|ʃ}} (ş) || {{IPA|ʒ}} (ž) || {{IPA|ç}} (x) || {{IPA|ʝ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|x}} (x) || {{IPA|ɣ}} (ğ) || {{IPA|h}} (h)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Affricate || || || || || {{IPA|ts}} (ts) ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Approximants || || || || || || || || || || || || {{IPA|j}} (y)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Trill || || || || || || || || {{IPA|r}} (r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Approximant || || || || || || || || {{IPA|l}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; font-size: 95%;&amp;quot;| Lateral Fricative|| || || || || || || || {{IPA|ɬ}} (l)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The sounds ç and ʝ are allophones of x and ğ respectively if they are followed by any front vowels or the approximant j (y)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sound ɬ is an allophone of l when it occurs on the end of words. When suffixes are attached that start with a vowel, it retains its pronounciation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vowel harmony==&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 1em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Front || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || Unrounded || Rounded || Unrounded || Rounded&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! High&lt;br /&gt;
| i || ü || ı || u&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low&lt;br /&gt;
| e || ö || a || o&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel harmony is a big part of Armavi (and all Ayartaic languages). There are two types of vowel harmony in Armavi:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front / back distinction===&lt;br /&gt;
This distinction places the vowels in 2 groups of 4. There are 2 types of vowels here, front vowels, and back vowels. The rules of Armavi state that a (native) word cannot contain both front and back vowels. As a result, suffixes mutate to fit this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of suffixes that make use of this vowel harmony are of type &#039;&#039;&#039;a / e&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, there are a few others. Any suffix listed as type &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;, however, takes rounding harmony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;, which makes the plural)&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşe&#039;&#039;&#039;ver&#039;&#039;&#039; - girls&lt;br /&gt;
:Pesar&#039;&#039;&#039;var&#039;&#039;&#039; - boys&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rounding disctinction===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above table, we can see that there are two classes of vowels here as well, round, and unrounded. There is a secondary rule that &#039;&#039;&#039;i &#039;&#039;&#039;and &#039;&#039;&#039;ı&#039;&#039;&#039; tend to become &#039;&#039;&#039;ü&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; respectively after rounded vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; (using the suffix &#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;, which makes abstract nouns)&lt;br /&gt;
:Genc&#039;&#039;&#039;lik&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Youth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Düst&#039;&#039;&#039;lük&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Friendship&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Duş&#039;&#039;&#039;luk&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Openness&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Imr&#039;&#039;&#039;lık&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Being on foot&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consonant mutation==&lt;br /&gt;
As well as considering vowel harmony when adding suffixes, there is another factor, called consonant mutation. During consonant mutation, unvoiced consonants change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to stems===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when we are adding a suffix beginning with a vowel or the letter &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039; to any word that has the consonants &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f&#039;&#039;&#039; at the end. The changes are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: k --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ğ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: t --- &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: c --- &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: f --- &#039;&#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitabım (&#039;&#039;my book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Toğuc (&#039;&#039;bone&#039;&#039;) --- Toğuja (&#039;&#039;into the bone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Lefaf (&#039;&#039;envelope&#039;&#039;) --- Lefavvar (&#039;&#039;envelopes&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change to suffixes===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies when a word ends in &#039;&#039;&#039;k, p, t, c, f, s, ş, h, x, ť&#039;&#039;&#039; and the suffix begins with &#039;&#039;&#039;d, b, g, ğ, j, z, ž,&#039;&#039;&#039; (or the other way round). In these cases, &lt;br /&gt;
: ğ --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: p --- &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: d --- &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: g --- &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: z --- &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: ž --- &#039;&#039;&#039;ş&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gitmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gittim (&#039;&#039;I went&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Kitap (&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;) --- Kitaptan (&#039;&#039;Away from the book&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Emezmeğ (&#039;&#039;to buy&#039;&#039;) --- Emesşer (&#039;&#039;customer&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Simple syntax===&lt;br /&gt;
The basic word order in Armavi is SOV - the subject goes first, followed by the object, with the verb coming last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with adverbs or time or place, the time phrase always goes to the start. Indirect objects go before the verb. Any nouns that are used as an instrument go after the subject. Any other noun phrases or adverbial phrases can be placed anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
====Closed questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Closed questions take the &#039;&#039;&#039;interrogative&#039;&#039;&#039; mood of the verb. This is formed by taking the personal ending off the verb and putting the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;me-&#039;&#039;&#039; before it:&lt;br /&gt;
* Gidiyrim &#039;&#039;I am going&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Gidiyr &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;yim? &#039;&#039;Am I going?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rüvdüş &#039;&#039;You went&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Rüvdü meş? &#039;&#039;Did you go?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Koştulažğ &#039;&#039;S/he has been killed&#039;&#039; ---&amp;gt; Koştulažğ ma? &#039;&#039;Has s/he been killed?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;, ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xerit &#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;değ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Was it to buy bread that Ahmet went to the shop?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually accompanied by a change in intonation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as this, there is the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;ne?&#039;&#039;&#039;, which can be put at the end of sentences, as if to ask for confirmation:&lt;br /&gt;
: Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ, &#039;&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more archaic languages, the particle &#039;&#039;&#039;aya&#039;&#039;&#039;, which is placed at the start of the clause, serves both these functions:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Aya&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahmet vazara gitti ekmeği xeritteğ?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Ahmet has gone to the shop to buy bread, hasn&#039;t he?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Did Ahmet go to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Open questions====&lt;br /&gt;
Open questions are characterised by question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;What, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyec&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Who&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Neyže&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Where&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne bera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why, what for&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ne vekt&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;When&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
These question words simply take the position the answer would in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyec var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Who&#039;s there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Neyi keriyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What are you doing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Meni neyžene gideniyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Where are you leading me?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne bera şuvu kerdiş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;What did you do that for?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ne vekt sinemana gidiyriş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;When are you going to the cinema?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other question words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Kodam&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How much, how many&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039; is borrowed from [[Aryan]], and it always goes at the start of the clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam yeyilşer yedi?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much food did he eat?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam vekt tvaletvere gidiyriş&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How many times are you going to the toilets?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kodam portmoneme var?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How much is in my wallet?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ce ...&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How ...&#039;&#039; (an adverbial quantifier)&lt;br /&gt;
Used in a similar way to &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Emrüz ferda ce ğuyukuş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How tall are you nowadays?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cera&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;Why&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;&#039;kodam&#039;&#039;, this word is borrowed from [[Aryan]] and also goes at the start of clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cera osu ketlediş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Why did you hit her?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cetor&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;How, in what way&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, goes at the start of the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor haletin?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How are you?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Cetor bužana geliyrimiz?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;How did we get here?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subordinate clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
Formation of subordinate clauses are generally easy. They take the position of a noun phrase depending on the type of subordinate clause it is (with a few exceptions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adverbial time clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
These are clauses of &#039;&#039;when X happened, Y happened&#039;&#039;. For this, the verb in the subordinate clause must be turned into a past participle by adding the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-erte / -arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (see further on for more detail on participles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
:Gelmeğ (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) --- Gel&#039;&#039;&#039;erte&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having gone&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aklamağ (&#039;&#039;to clean&#039;&#039;) --- Akl&#039;&#039;&#039;arta&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;having cleaned&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time phrases always go at the start of clauses, likewise this type of subordinate clause goes at the start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Evim gelinertem, annem portu baz kerdi.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;My house having been reached by me, my girlfried opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When I reached home, my girlfriend opened the door&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Köştülerte, düşmenver eğitti&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Having been defeated, the enemies fled&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The enemies fled once they had been defeated&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dev pe-orbitalvar hemeşe kererte, siğma-exette saxtılar&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;When two p-orbitals overlap, a σ-bond is formed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relative clauses====&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways of forming relative clauses:&lt;br /&gt;
* The most common way is by &#039;&#039;&#039;Participles&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below). This is very simple, especially in simpler relative clauses where the entire clause can be expressed in a participle. The participle clause goes after the noun it is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Enüşesi sužada hören dittim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;There sitting the girl I saw&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I saw the girl who was sitting there&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is different from &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I saw the girl when she was sitting there, which would be: &amp;quot;Şužada hörerte, enüşesi dittim&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hafte-ye-piş madayesi mene deydeyilerte leğdim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I read the book you lent me last week&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The other way of expressing relative clauses is with &#039;&#039;&#039;relative pronouns&#039;&#039;&#039; and other related words. This is very uncommon and participles should be used wherever possible. The important lexical units for this type of construction are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Ke&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;who, what, which&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemciz&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whatever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemkis&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Hemje&#039;&#039;&#039; --- &#039;&#039;wherever&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like normal nouns, these decline like normal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemjene gider, daşarım.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Wherever she goes, I follow her&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kelem kele yordum emrüz şekaste.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;The pen with which I used to write is now broken&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hemcizi istiyriş istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I like whatever you like&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conjunctions====&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunctions are rarely used in spoken Armavi, but literary Armavi dating from 1600 - 1800 AI are littered with them. The main ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;aat&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used for expressing degrees of adjectives)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ama&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but (switching from positive to negative)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;cünke&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these are borrowed from other languages. Out of the above list, only &#039;&#039;&#039;ve&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ke&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;tağ&#039;&#039;&#039; occur in modern Armavi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To construct a sentence using conjunctions is easy. The conjunction simply comes between two normal sentences. Often a comma is placed after the preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, modern Armavi uses a completely different method of indicating conjunctins. Suffixes are added to the end of the verb in the second clause. These suffixes change in accordance with the laws of vowel harmony and consonant mutation. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-den / -dan / -ten / -tan&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-en ğuu / -an ğuu&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;then&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-eher / -ahar&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-ele / -ala&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-işle / -ışla / -üşle / -uşla&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;while, during&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-tağ / -teğ / -dağ / -değ&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;so that, in order that&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-at / -et&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;but, however&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-toloo / -tölöö / -doloo / -dölöö&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-el / -al&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;that (used in degrees of adjectives&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gittim evim kleftilen ğuu&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I went and then my house was robbed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ahmet vazara gitti ekmegi xeritteğ&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Ahmet went to the shop to buy bread&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tvaletvere gitmelidim rekreasyon kerişle&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I had to go to the toilet during break&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that personal endings and tense suffixes are only applied to the second verb if they are different to the main clause independently (as demonstrated in Example 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination with verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subordination with verbs happens when you want to say &amp;quot;I want you to go&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I believe that he is not guilty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these constructions, using the infinitive is necessary. The infinitive is formed by the suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-me&#039;&#039;&#039; (+ possessive endings).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A problem occurs, in that the infinitive is tenseless. In sentences where the main clause is in a different tense from the subordinate, time phrases are used, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;deyvarda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the past)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;ayartta&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(in the future)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;emrüz&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(today)&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;ferda&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(tomorrow)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Gelmeni istiyrim.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want you to go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Deyvarda Ahmet vazara gitmesi veliyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I know that Ahmet went to the shop yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Ayartta şokoladan baynavalmamı fekr keriyr meş?&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;Do you think that I will be able to keep away from chocolate in the future?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modal verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
A similar construction to the above is using modal verbs. However, here, the infinitive does not need possessive endings and has the usual infinitive ending &#039;&#039;&#039;-meğ&#039;&#039;&#039; as found in the dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Bedminton xayrmağı calışıyrım&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I am trying to play badminton&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Eve gitmeği istiyrim&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;I want to go home&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Subordination in comparisons====&lt;br /&gt;
These are constructions of the type &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am faster than I was yesterday&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is as tall as she is short&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;. Like the above constructions, this is also formed using an infinitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Hayarda baynmağdan cabuktar&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is faster than he was yesterday.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Kücük baynmasıvı kelli&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;He is as tall as she is short.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order of Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several factors to be considered when putting adjectives in order before a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numbers always go immediately before the noun. An exception to this is when the number 1 (&#039;&#039;&#039;vir&#039;&#039;&#039;) is used as an indefinite object marker (in some western dialects), in which case it goes before any other adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With other adjectives, they are ordered in order of increasing intensity. That is to say, the most intense adjective goes closer to the noun, and the least intense adjective goes furthest from the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compare the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ažel kücük enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
# Kücük ažel enüşe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Example 1, the girl is very small and slightly pretty, in example 2, the girl is very pretty and only slightly small.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Daryush</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>